Asus A8N-SLI DLX User Manual
Motherboard A8N-SLI D elux e
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright © 2004 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E1889 E1889 E1889 E1889 E1889 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix How this guide is organized .................................................... ix Where to find more information .............................................. ix Conventions used in this guide ................................................ x Typography .......................................................................................... x A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary ............................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-5 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installling the CPU ................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-13 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-14
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-14 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-15 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-16 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots ................................... 2-16 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-18 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-20 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages ............................................ 3-3 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor ............................................. 3-5 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-14
v v v v v Contents 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.3 Language .............................................................. 4-15 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-15 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 4-18 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ........................................ 4-19 4.3.8 Installed Memory .................................................. 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-20 4.4.2 PCIPnP ................................................................... 4-23 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-24 4.4.4 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-29 4.4.5 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-31 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode ...................................................... 4-32 4.4.7 Speech Configuration ........................................... 4-33 4.4.8 Instant Music ........................................................ 4-34 4.4.9 SLI mode ............................................................... 4-34 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-35 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-35 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-35 4.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-36 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-38 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-40 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-40 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-41 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 4-41 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ....................................................... 4-42 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-42 4.6.6 Security ................................................................ 4-44 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-46 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1
vi vi vi vi vi 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.4.2 AI NET 2 ............................................................... 5-11 Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠........................... 5-11 5.4.3 Audio configurations ............................................ 5-12 5.4.4 Using the NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠................................. 5-18 5.5 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-21 5.5.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-22 5.5.2 NVIDIA ® RAID configurations ................................ 5-23 5.5.3 Silicon Image RAID configurations ........................ 5-30 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-40 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-41 5.7.1 Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-41 5.7.2 Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-42 Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ...................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Setting the ASUS EZ selector card ......................... 6-2 6.2.2 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ......................... 6-4 6.2.3 Setting the SLI mode in BIOS ................................. 6-8 6.2.4 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-8 6.2.5 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows ............ 6-8 Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix A.1 Using the SATA extension module ....................................... A-1 A.1.1 Installing the 2-port SATA extension module ......... A-1 A.1.1 Installing SATA hard drives ..................................... A-2 Contents
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options This appendix describes how to install optional accessories to your motherboard.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdflash A8NSLI.ROM Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
xi xi xi xi xi A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD ® Cool ânâ Quiet! Technology NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI Supports NVIDIA ® Scalable Link Interface⢠(SLI) technology 1600/2000 MT per second Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 2 x PCI Express x16 slots with Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) support 2 x PCI Express x1 slots 3 x PCI slots SLI⢠mode supports: -2 x same model/brand SLIâ¢-ready PCI Express x16 graphics cards ( Note Note Note Note Note : I n SLI mode, the PCI Express x16 slots work at the bandwidth of PCI Express x8. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16.) Single card mode supports (default): -1 x any PCI Express x16 graphics card on the first slot (blue) -1 x PCI Express x1 card on second slot (black) ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS PEG Link for dual PCI Express graphics cards ASUS Two-slot thermal design NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI chipset supports: -2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 -4 x Serial ATA 3Gb/s drives - RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and JBOD that spans across the Serial ATA and Parallel ATA drives Silicon Image 3114R RAID controller supports: -4 x Serial ATA with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and RAID 5 configuration
xii xii xii xii xii A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS PEG Link for single/dual graphics card Fixed PCI Express/PCI/SATA frequencies ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) Precision Tweaker supports: - DIMM voltage: 9-step DRAM voltage control - Core voltage: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125 increment - PCI Express Frequency: Allows 1MHz increment from 100MHz to 200MHz - Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows 1MHz increment from 200 MHz to 400 MHz ASUS Post Reporter⢠ASUS EZFlash ASUS Q-Fan ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Instant Music ASUS EZ Selector ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS EZ Plug 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 8 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x ASUS EZ selector card connector 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Chipset fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x 4-pin ASUS EZ Plug⢠connector 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for 6 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors (CD\AUX) 1 x IEEE 1394 connector 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 USB USB USB USB USB Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Power Power Power Power Power Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 built-in Gigabit MAC with external Marvell ® PHY supports: - NV ActiveArmor - NV Firewall - AI NET2 Marvell ® 88E81001 PCI Gigabit LAN controller supports: - Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester technology - AI NET2 Realtek ® ALC850 8-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port Supports Universal Audio Jack (UAJ ® ) Technology Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology T1 1394a controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394 connector Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x IEEE 1394 port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 8-channel audio ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility ASUS CoolânâQuiet! utility Anti-virus utility (OEM version) NVIDIA ® nTune⢠utility *Specifications are subject to change without notice.
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS ® ® ® ® ® A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard with SLI selector card I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules Serial ATA 2-port extension module IEEE1394 (1 port) module USB 2.0 2-port module USB 2.0 GAME port module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 8 x Serial ATA signal cables 4 x Serial ATA power cables (dual plugs) Serial ATA extension module Ultra DMA/133 cable 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable COM cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield SLI⢠connector Retention bracket Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo ® WinDVD Suite ® (retail box only) Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide Instant Music sticker Setting sticker
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The AMD Athlon⢠64FX and Athlon⢠64 desktop processors are based on AMDâs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryâs first x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6. Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology The NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. See Chapter 6 for details. Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠The NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) is an easy-to-use high-performance desktop firewall application that protects your system from intruders. Integrated into the NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® SLI⢠chipset with the NVIDIA ® Gigabit Ethernet, it provides advanced anti-computer-hacking technologies, remote management capabilities, and a user-friendly setup wizard that improves overall system security. Enhancing your network security is the NVIDIA ® ActiveArmor⢠(NV ActiveArmorâ¢) engine that provides advanced data packet inspection. This innovative technology ensures that only safe data packets are passed on the network. Additionally, it boosts overall system performance by offloading the CPU from the rigorous task of filtering data packets. See page 5-18 for details. AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-20, 5-41.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/ 266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-11. Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology The motherboard supports the next-generation Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the NVIDIA ® SLI⢠chipset. The SATA 3Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products. Additionally, Serial ATA allows thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count , and reduced voltage requirement . See pages 2-21. Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Onboard RAID controllers provide the motherboard with dual-RAID functionality that allows you to select the best RAID solution using IDE or Serial ATA devices. The NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® SLI⢠allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0 and JBOD configuration for four SATA and two PATA connectors. See page 5-18 for details. The Sil3114R controller supports four additional SATA connectors and allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and a software patch to support RAID 5. See pages 2-21, 2-22 and 5-18 for details. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-1 6 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF Out function through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-19 for details. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-19 and 2-27 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 2-19 and 2-24 for details. Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section â4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-8.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-29 for details. Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Designed for overclocking aficionados, this feature allows you to fine tune the CPU and memory voltage and gradually increase the Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency to achieve maximum system performance. AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET 2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-31 and 5-11 for details. AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology The motherboard supports 8-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek ® proprietary UAJ ® (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-18, 2-19 and 5-12 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠This patented ASUS technology is a 4-pin auxiliary 12V connector that is designed to maintain the voltage integrity of your system. This plug guarantees adequate supply of power to the motherboard and other installed peripherals. See page 6-6 for illustration. ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design The motherboard is designed with two PCI Express x1 slots placed between the PCI Express x16 slots allowing an increase in airflow between the two PCI Express x16 graphics cards. This special design permits more room for ventilation thus lowering the overall system temperature. ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector The ASUS EZ selector card is an easy-to-use switch between SLI mode (Dual Video Cards) and Normal mode (Single card). This promotes flexibility for users who wants to use a single graphics card now and upgrade later to SLI mode. See page 6-2 for details. CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 4-5. ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-38 for details. ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠The motherboard offers a new exciting feature called the ASUS POST Reporter⢠to provide friendly voice messages and alerts during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST) informing you of the system boot status and causes of boot errors, if any. The bundled Winbond Voice Editor software lets you to customize the voice messages in different languages. See page 3-4 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow you to configure easier and faster. See page 4-15 for details. ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music This unique feature allows you to playback audio files even without booting the system to Windowsâ¢. Just press the ASUS Instant Music special function keys and enjoy the music! See pages 4-34.
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See â8. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs The motherboard comes with a green standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The red warning LED lights up when you installed two graphics card but did not connect the ASUS EZ Plugâ¢. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LEDs. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off SLI_W ARN_LED When use 2 Graphics but do not plug EZ-PLUG ON OFF When use 2 Graphics but do plug EZ-PLUG
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information A8N-SLI DELUXE 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In Below: Center/Subwoofer Center: Side Speaker Out T op:Rear Speaker Out P ANEL A8N-SLI DELUXE ® CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUX FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR Marvell 88E8001 COM1 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA2_F AN LAN2_USB12 IE_1394_2 SA T A_RAID3 PWR_F AN FLOPPY Super I/O 1394 Controller 4Mb BIOS Silicon Image Sil31 14 PS/2KBMS T: Mouse B: Ke yboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O SPDIF_O2 LAN1_USB34 CD WARN_LED EZ_PLUG Speech Controller ACL850 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX1_1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 Marvell 88E 1111 CLRTC USB78 USB56 USB910 S ATA 1 S ATA 2 S ATA 3 S ATA 4 SA T A_RAID4 SA T A_RAID1 SA T A_RAID2 CHA1_F AN A TX12V 1394 SLI_CON nForce4 SLI CHIP_F AN SB_PWR
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-16 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-16 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-16 Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC1) 2-17 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-18 2. Parallel port 2-18 3. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-18 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port 2-18 5. Rear Speaker Out port (gray) 2-18 6. Side Speaker Out port (black) 2-18 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-18 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-18 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-17 10. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange) 2-17 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-17 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-17 13. IEEE 1394a port 2-17 14. Optical S/PDIF out port 2-17 15. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-17 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-17
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-20 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) 2-20 3. Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin SEC_IDE1) 2-20 4. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) [nForce4] 2-21 5. Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) [Silicon Image] 2-22 6. CPU fan connector (3-pin CPU_FAN) 2-23 7. Power fan connector (3-pin PWR_FAN) 2-23 8. Chassis fan 1 connector (3-pin CHA1_FAN) 2-23 9. Chassis fan 2 connector (3-pin CHA2_FAN) 2-23 10. Chipset fan connector (3-pin CHIP_FAN) 2-23 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-24 12. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-24 13. ATX power connector (24-pin EATXPWR1) 2-25 14. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin ATX12V1) 2-25 15. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin EZ_PLUG) 2-25 16. Optical audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-26 17. Auxiliary audio connector (4-pin AUX) 2-26 18. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-26 19. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 20. IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_1) 2-27 21. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) 2-28 22. ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) 2-28 22. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-29 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a specific corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE CPU Socket 939
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90 ° -100 ° angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90 ° -100 ° angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Make sure that you use only qualified heatsink and fan assembly. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory configurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠When using one DDR DIMM module, install into DIMM_B1 slot only. ⢠When using two DDR DIMM modules, install into DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 slots only. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE 184-pin DDR DIMM sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR 400 Qualified Vendors List. DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Single-Sided DS - DS - DS - DS - DS - Double-Sided DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: A A A A A- supports one module inserted into either the blue slots, in a Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B- supports on pair of modules inserted into either the blue slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C- support for 4 modules inserted into the blue and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Infineon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Infineon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Infineon HYS64D32300HU-5-C Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Infineon HYS64D64320HU-5-C Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠â¢
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 01 System Timer 12 Keyboard Controller 2â Re-direct to IRQ#9 41 2 Communications Port (COM1)* 51 3 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 61 4 Floppy Disk Controller 71 5 Printer Port (LPT1)* 83 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 94 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 shared â â â ââââ PCI slot 2 â shared â â ââââ PCI slot 3 â â shared â ââââ Onboard USB 1.0 controller shared â â â ââââ Onboard USB 2.0 controller shared â â â ââââ Onboard LAN1 shared â â â ââââ Onboard LAN2 â shared â â ââââ Onboard PCI SATA RAID (SI) â â â shared ââââ Onboard 1394a shared â â â ââââ When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports one PCI Express x16 graphics card or two SLI-ready PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. See Chapter 6 for details on the SLI technology feature. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. In Normal mode, only the PCI Express blue slot can be used for PCI Express x16 graphics cards. The PCI Express black slot functions as a PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 12 23
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the Marvell ® 88E81001 Gigabit LAN controller, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 Gigabit MAC with external Marvell ® PHY, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 11 4 5 10 6 7 8 9 13 1 16 2 15 14 12 3
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394 port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Black ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Yellow Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 signal cables . The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must configure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for UltraDMA133/100/66 IDE devices. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 SEC_IDE
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) Supported by the NVIDIA ® nForce4⢠chipset, these connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, or JBOD configuration that span across the Parallel ATA drives. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up RAID configurations. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial ATA hard disks installed. ⢠See Appendix for instructions on how to install the Serial ATA extension module. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 3 S ATA 4 These connectors are set to SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA b y default. In SATA mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot or data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intent to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID function of each port from the NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration sub-menu item in the BIOS. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ on pages 4-24 and 4-26 for details.
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) Supported by the Silicon Image ® Sil3114 RAID controller, these connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables. These connectors support up to four Serial ATA hard disk drives that can be configured as a disk array through the onboard Silicon Image Sil3114 SATA RAID controller. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up Serial ATA RAID configurations. ⢠Before creating a RAID configuration, make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA cables to these connectors and have installed the Serial ATA hard disks drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the Silicon Image RAID utility and Serial ATA BIOS setup during POST. ⢠The RAID 5 driver is not Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) certified. ⢠See Appendix for instructions on how to install the Serial ATA extension module. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A RAID connectors SA T A_RAID2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND SA T A_RAID4 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND SA T A_RAID1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND SA T A_RAID3 GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND By default, the RAID function of these connectors are enabled. Disable the Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller item in the BIOS, if you are not configuring a set with these connectors. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ on page 4-24 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~ 2000mA ( 24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.48 A (41 .76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA1_FAN) connectors only. ⢠The chipset fan is synchronized with the CPU fan. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHIP_F AN
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠When using two graphics cards, do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug to the EZ Plugâ¢; otherwise, the system will be unstable. See page 6-5 for details. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See the table below for details. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EZ_PLUG 5V EZ_DET GND 12V Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Loading Loading Loading Loading Loading Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Heavy Heavy Heavy Heavy Heavy Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Light Light Light Light Light AMD ® K8 939-pin CPU type Athlon 64 FX-55 Athlon 64 3800 Athlon 64 3400 PCIe⢠x16 graphics cards 6800 Ultra x2 6800GT x2 6600GT x2 DDR DIMMs 4 2 2 HDD 4 2 2 Optical drive (DVD/CD-RW) 2 2 1 PCIe⢠x 1 card 1 0 0 PCI cards 3 2 1 IEEE 1394 devices 1 0 0 USB devices 6 4 3 Required 12V current > 25A > 25A > 25A > 25A > 25A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 17A > 17A > 17A > 17A > 17A Required wattage >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Internal audio connectors AUX (white) CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V The function of these connectors are disabled under 8-channel mode.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âChassis Signalâ and âGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. See related BIOS item in page 4-42. Never connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394 connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for the IEEE 1394a module. Connect the IEEE 1394 module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Chassis alarm lead CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE IEEE 1394 connector IE_1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC â97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) This connector is for the ASUS proprietary ASUS EZ selector card that allows you to set the SLI mode to either Single Video card or Dual Video cards. See Chapter 6 for details. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE EZ selector card connector
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âgreenâ standards or if it has a âpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows ® 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. If you are using Windows ® XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section â4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠This motherboard includes the Winbond speech controller to support a special feature called the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. This feature lets you hear vocal messages during POST that alerts you of system events and boot status. In case of a boot failure, you will hear the specific cause of the problem. These POST messages are customizable using the Winbond Voice Editor software that came with your package. You can record your own messages to replace the default messages. 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Following is a list of the default POST messages and the corresponding actions you can take: POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action No CPU installed ⢠Install a supported processor to the CPU socket. See section â2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU)â for details. System failed CPU test ⢠Check the CPU if properly installed. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the ASUS contact information on the inside front cover of this user guide. System failed memory test ⢠Install supported DDR DIMMs into the memory sockets. ⢠Check if the DIMMs on the DIMM sockets are properly installed. ⢠Make sure that your DIMMs are not defective. ⢠Refer to section â2.4 System memoryâ for instructions on installing a DIMM. System failed VGA test ⢠Install a PCI graphics card into one of the PCI slots, or a PCI Express AGP card into the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card is not defective. System failed due to CPU ⢠Check your CPU overclocking settings in the BIOS setup and restore the default CPU parameters. No keyboard detected ⢠Check if your keyboard is properly connected to the purple PS/2 connector on the rear panel. ⢠See section â2.7.1 Rear panel connectorsâ for the location of the connector. No IDE hard disk detected ⢠Make sure you have connected an IDE hard disk drive to one of the IDE connectors on the motherboard.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action CPU temperature too high ⢠Check if the CPU fan is working properly. CPU fan failed ⢠Check the CPU fan and make sure it turns on after you apply power to the system. ⢠Make sure that your CPU fan supports the fan speed detection function. CPU voltage out of range ⢠Check your power supply and make sure it is not defective. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the âASUS contact informationâ on the inside front cover of this user guide. Computer now booting from operating ⢠No action required system You can enable or disable the ASUS POST Reporter⢠in the Speech Speech Speech Speech Speech Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration option in the BIOS setup. See section 4.4.7 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor The Winbond Voice Editor software allows you to customize the vocal POST messages. You can install this application from the support CD. Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor You can launch the program from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor . The Winbond Voice Editor screen appears. Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files To play the default wave files, simply click on a POST event on the left side of the screen, then click the Play button. Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events To avoid conflicts, do not run the Winbond Voice Editor while running the ASUS PC Probe application. The default language setting is English.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button from the Voice Editor main window to update the EEPROM. 4. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t o confirm. Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language To change the default language: 1. Click the Load Load Load Load Load button from the Voice Editor main window. A window with the available languages appears. 2. Select your desired language, then click Open Open Open Open Open . The event messages for the language you selected appear on the Voice Editor main window. Not all events on some languages have a corresponding message due to file size constraints. The next time you boot your computer, the ASUS Post Reporter announces the messages in the selected language.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages The Voice Editor application allows you to record your own POST messages if your language is not supported or if you wish to to replace the pre-installed wave files. To customize your POST messages. 1. Launch the Voice Editor application and note the list of POST events on the leftmost column of the screen. 2. Prepare your message for each event. 3. Use a recording software (e.g. Windows ® Recorder) to record your messages, then save the messages as wave files (.WAV). 4. From the Voice Editor screen, click the Add Add Add Add Add button to display the Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File window. 5. Copy the wave files that you recorded to the database, then close the window when done. ⢠The total compressed size for all the wave files must not exceed 1Mbit, so keep your messages as short as possible. ⢠To keep file sizes small, save your files at a low quality. For example, use 8-bit, mono quality at 22Khz sampling rate. ⢠Create a separate folder for your wave files so you can locate them easily.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up If you receive an error message telling you that the files exceed the total allowable size, do any or all of the following: ⢠Shorten your messages. ⢠Save the wave files at a lower quality ⢠Do not include seldom-used events like FDD Detection, IDE HDD Detection, etc. 6. Select a POST event on the Voice Editor main window, then click the Edit Edit Edit Edit Edit button. The Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor window appears. 7. Locate and select your wave file for the event, then click on the arrow opposite Voice1. The file you select appears on the space next to it. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK to return to the Voice Editor main window. 9. Do steps 6 to 8 for the other events. 10. When done, click Save Save Save Save Save . A window appears prompting you to save your configuration. 11. Type a file name with an .flh .flh .flh .flh .flh extension, then click Save. 12. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button to compress the file and copy into the EEPROM. 13. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation window that appears.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-40 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-46
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows ® environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows ® XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows ® desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows ® 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows ® 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows ® 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A:> appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program:
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>. 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: Donât Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 1234567890123456789012345678901 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1234567890123456789012345678901 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Remove the floppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 F1 Reset For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Type a filename for the current BIOS file in the Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS as as as as as field, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS file to the floppy disk, then returns to the BIOS flashing process. 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS file. You can load the current BIOS file when the BIOS file gets corrupted during the flashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved 1234567890123456789012345678901 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1234567890123456789012345678901 Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! To save the current BIOS file using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. Make sure that the floppy disk has enough disk space to save the file.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting floppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows ® applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setupâ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section â4.7 Exit Menu.â ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to â4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A : [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Maste r [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Mas ter [None] Secondary IDE Sla ve [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitor ing [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] ââ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section â4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [Français] [German] [English] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [ Auto ] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Capacity 13579 MB Cylinder 26310 Head 16 Sector 63 Transfer Mode UDMA 4
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto]
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Precomp, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-configurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Sets the sector addressing mode. Configuration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Extended Drive [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Precomp xx Landing Zone xx Sector xx Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Precomp Precomp Precomp Precomp Precomp Shows the number of precomp per track. This item is not configurable. Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory.
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press Enter to Set CPU Configuration PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status PEG Link Mode Speech Configuration Instant Music SLI mode [Auto] 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control CPU Configuration CPU Type AMD Athlon(tm) 64 FX-55 Processor CPU Speed 3400MHz Cache RAM 512K DRAM Configuration Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Place an artificial memory clock limit on the system. Memory is prevented from running faster than this frequency. DRAM Configuration Max Memclock (MHz) [ Auto] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Master ECC Enabled [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Max Memclock (MHz) [Auto] Sets the maximum operating memory clock. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR200] [DDR266] [DDR333] [DDR400] [DDR400] [DDR433] [DDR466] [DDR500] [DDR533] [DDR550] [DDR600] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] Sets the memory timing. Configuration options: [Auto] [1T] [2T] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] Sets the CAS# latency. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.0] [2.5] [3.0] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Sets the RAS# to CAS# delay to Rd/Wr command on the same bank. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Sets the minimum RAS# active time. Configuration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Sets the Row precharge time. Precharge to Active or Auto-Refresh of the same bank. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Master ECC Enable [Disabled] Enables or disables the master ECC function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Sets the Hyper Transport frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] Enables or disables the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet! technology. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [No] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Onboard Device Configuration IDE Function Setup NVRAID Configuration USB Configuration Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [Disabled] x Midi Port IRQ 10 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Onboard Device Configuration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 1 controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 1 and 2 ports. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 3 and 4 ports. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA2 DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE prefetch mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration This sub-menu contains NVRAID function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced NVRAID Configuration RAID Enabled [Disabled] x IDE Primary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Primary Slave RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Slave RAID Disabled x First SATA Master RAID Disabled x Second SATA Master RAID Disabled x Third SATA Master RAID Disabled x Fourth SATA Master RAID Disabled RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller. When Enabled, the succeeding items becomes user-configurable. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the primary or secondary master or slave IDE. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the first, second, third or fourth SATA master drive. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help USB Configuration USB Controller [ Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA ® Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard Marvell ® Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN 2 boot ROM. This item is user-configurable only when the PCI Giga LAN item is Enabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard AC97 audio controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard PCI IEEE 1394 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Silicon Image RAID controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Configuration options: [5] [10]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock Loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Disable x N.O.S. Option Disable x CPU Frequency 200.00 x PCI Express Clock 100Mhz x DDR Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto x CPU Voltage Auto Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following items are user-configurable only when the Overclock Profile item is set to [Manual]. Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. The values range from 200 to 400. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] Allows you to set the PCI Express clock. Key-in a decimal value between 100-200 MHz. Configuration options: [100Mhz] [101Mhz~[145Mhz] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating DDR voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.60V] [2.65V] [2.70V] [2.75V] [2.80V] [2.85V] [2.90V] [2.95V] [3.00V] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the operating CPU multiplier. The configuration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. Configuration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] [x9.5] [x10] [x10.5] [x11] [x11.5] [x12] [x12.5] [x13] [x13.5] [x14] [x14.5] [x15] [x15.5] [x16] [x16.5] [x17] [x17.5] [x18] [x18.5] [x19] [x19.5] [x20] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating CPU voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.650V] [1.6375V] [1.625V] [1.6125V] [1.600V] [1.5875V] [1.575V] [1.5625V] [1.550V] [1.5375V] [1.525V] [1.5125V] [1.500V] [1.4875V] [1.475V] [1.4625V] [1.450V] [1.4375V] [1.425V] [1.4125V] [1.400V] [1.3875V] [1.375V] [1.3625V] [1.350V] [1.3375V] [1.325V] [1.3125V] [1.300V] [1.2875V] [1.275V] [1.2625V] [1.250V] [1.2375V] [1.225V] [1.2125V] [1.200V] [1.1875V] [1.175V] [1.1625V] [1.150V] [1.1375V] [1.125V] [1.1125V] [1.100V] [1.0875V] [1.075V] [1.0625V] [1.050V] [1.0375V] [1.025V] [1.0125V] [1.000V] [0.9875V] [0.975V] [0.9625V] [0.950V] [0.9375V] [0.925V] [0.9125V] [0.900V] [0.8875V] [0.875V] [0.8625V] [0.850V] [0.8375V] [0.825V] [0.8125V] [0.800V]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test (POST). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status The items in this menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration POST Check LAN Cable [ Disabled] Pair Status Length 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphics card. JumperFree Configuration PEG Link Mode [ Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express graphics root control. Configuration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express graphics buffer length. Configuration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Speech POST Reporter⢠feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Speech POST Reporter is set to Enabled. Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Enables or disables the report feature in the event of an IDE error. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Enables or disables the report after booting the system. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration Speech IC Reporter [ Enabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Instant Music feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Allows you to select the CD-ROM drive that you wish to use for the Instant Music CD playback. Configuration options: [Primary Master] [Primary Slave] [Secondary Master] [Secondary Slave] 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help If enabled, power up by PS/2 keyboard function will be disabled. JumperFree Configuration Instant Music [ Disabled] x Instant Music CD-ROM Drive Primary Master Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Enabling Instant Music automatically disables the PS/2 keyboard power up feature. 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode Allows you to select the Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) mode. When set to Auto, the BIOS detects the setting of the SLI EZ Selector card. Set to Normal when using one PCI Express graphics card or set to SLI mode when using two SLI-ready graphics cards. Configuration options: [Auto] [Normal] [SLI] ⢠We recommend to keep the setting of this item to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the setting is the same as the ASUS EZ selector card setting. ⢠See section â6.2.1 Setting the SLI selector cardâ on page 6-2 for details.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [ENTER] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Configuration Restore on AC Power Loss [ Disabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power-On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan Controller [ Disabled] Vcore Voltage 1.50V 3.3V Voltage 3.31V 5V Voltage 4.94V 12V Voltage 11.26V CPU Temperature 48ºC M/B Temperature 38ºC CPU FAN Speed 4962 RPM CHA1 FAN Speed 0 RPM CHIP FAN Speed 5443 RPM x Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature 20ºC x Q-Fan1 StartUp Temperature 25ºC x Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature 72ºC Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan stops. Configuration options: [16ºC] [18ºC] [20ºC] [22ºC] Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Allows you to set the temperature that when detected starts the CPU fan. Configuration options: [23ºC] [25ºC] [27ºC] [29ºC] Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan rotates at full speed. Configuration options: [51ºC] [54ºC] [57ºC] [60ºC] [63ºC] [66ºC] [69ºC] [72ºC] [75ºC] [78ºC] [81ºC]
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [ Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 2. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section â2.7 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) becomes user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. ⢠See section â5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2â¢â for details. Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 Security Security Security Security Security F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section â2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.5 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-21 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-40 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-41
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows ® 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA ® Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI chipset. Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Creates the NVIDIA ® driver disk for Serial ATA and RAID features. Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell ® Yukon Gigabit Ethernet driver. Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Installs the Realtek ® ALC850 audio controller and application. Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Displays the README file of the Silicon Image SATA Link⢠Sil 3114 driver driver installation. Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Creates the Silicon Image SATA Link⢠Sil 3114 driver disk for Serial ATA RAID.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver. 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility Installs the NVIDIA ® nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows ® environment. Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Installs the Microsoft ® DirectX 9.0 driver. The Microsoft DirectX ® 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX ® improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader Installs the Adobe ® Acrobat ® Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor This program is for recording and customizing wave files for the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. Use this program to change the default vocal POST messages. See section â3.2 Vocal POST Messagesâ for a list of the default messages. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver. ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software Installs the AMD ® Cool ânâ Quiet! software.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. ⢠Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe ® Acrobat ® Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file. ⢠Some user manuals listed in this menu may not be applicable for this motherboard model. NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® ForceWare Networking and Firewall Administratorâs Guide. NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® RAID Userâs Guide. Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Allows you to open the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠Serial ATA RAID Management Software userâs manual. NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® nTune⢠userâs manual.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.4 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section â4.1.5 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section â4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section â4.6.2 Boot Settings Configurationâ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run Run button to perform a cable test. 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 The Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 100 meters at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Tester Tester Tester Tester Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows ® XP or Windows ® 2000 operating systems. ⢠The Run Run Run Run Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS. See section â4.4.5 LAN Cable Statusâ for details.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations The Realtek ® ALC850 AC â97 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek ® proprietary UAJ ® (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will find the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel . Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options The Realtek ® ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ ® technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration This option allows you to set your speaker configuration. To set the speaker configuration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test t o test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ ® ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5. When finished, the utility prompts the Realtek ® EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option Option Option Option Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X X X X X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play Play Play Play Play button to start or the Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink), Rear Speaker Out (gray), Side Speaker Out (black), and Center/Subwoofer (yellow orange) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel audio configuration as shown in the following table. See the 8, 6, 4 or 2-channel speaker configuration on page 2-xx. General settings General settings General settings General settings General settings This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General General General General General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language Language Language Language Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠The motherboard supports the NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) application that protects your computer from intruders. The NVFirewall⢠is classified as a personal firewall or desktop firewall that works at the device level to protect your system from malicious computer code by controlling the connections to and from your computer and alerting you for attempted intrusions. The following sections describe how to use the NVIDIA ® Firewallâ¢. Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary After you install the NVFirewall⢠application from the motherboard support CD, it is automatically activated with a Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium security profile as its default setting. The setup summary of NVFirewall⢠is displayed in the summary menu. To launch the NVFirewall⢠summary menu: 1. Click the NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon from the Windows ® taskbar. NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon 2. Double-click the icon to display the NVFirewall⢠Summary menu. Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles The NVFirewall⢠application allows several security profiles to match your system security needs. The following describes the NVFirewall⢠security profiles: ⢠Low Low Low Low Low - allows safe incoming connections and deny those that are known to be dangerous connections. This profile also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium - blocks most incoming connections. Incoming connections to some ports must be set to allow file transfers using some online messaging applications. This profile also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠High High High High High - allows the least traffic through. Only outbound connections are allowed. This profile also includes the âstealth modeâ feature that makes your system invisible to intruders. This also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown - blocks all incoming and outgoing connections. ⢠Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only - this profile enables all anti-hacking features but disables the firewall. This security profile is useful if you want to use a third-party firewall application. ⢠Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 - these are reserved for customized profiles. ⢠Off Off Off Off Off - deactivates the firewall. To set a security profile: 1. From the NVFirewall⢠summary menu, click the Current Current Current Current Current Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile combo list box then select a security profile. The following confirmation box appears. 2. Click Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile t o apply settings or Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Profile Profile Profile Profile Profile t o return to previous menu.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Take caution when using this option, your computer becomes vulnerable to viruses, hackers or intruders after you turn off the firewall. To turn off the NVFirewallâ¢: 1. From the NVIDIA Firewall⢠summary menu, click the Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile combo list box then select Off Off Off Off Off . The following confirmation box appears. 2. Click Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF .
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5.5 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the Silicon Image Sil3114 and the NVIDIA ® SLI Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to configure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 configuration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity. The RAID 5 configuration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 i s a striped configuration with RAID 1 segments whose segments are RAID 1 arrays. This configuration has the same fault tolerance as RAID 1, and has the same overhead for fault-tolerance as mirroring alone. RAID 10 achieves high input/output rates by striping RAID 1 segments. In some instances, a RAID 10 configuration can sustain multiple simultaneous drive failure. A minimum of four hard disk drives is required for this setup. JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet configured as a RAID set. This configuration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance benefits.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA /133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks To install IDE hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Set the jumpers of each hard disk as Master/Master or Slave/Slave. 2. Install the hard disks into the drive bays. 3. Connect the HDD signal cables. 4. Connect a 4-pin power cable to the power connector on each drive. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section â5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID configurations. See section â5.2.4 Manuals menuâ.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA ® SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and JBOD with four independent Serial ATA channels. Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID configuration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration menu item in the BIOS set the RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled item to Enabled. The succeeding items become user-configurable. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SATA drive(s) that you want to configure as RAID. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA® RAID configuration, refer to the âNVIDIA ® RAID Userâs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility To enter the NVIDIA ® RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ ââ ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Define a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Del Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume To create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA ® RAID utility Define a New Array menu, select RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <TAB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <TAB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim â
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array To rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [Ctrl-X]Exit [ ââ ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array. The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following confirmation message appears. [ ââ ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array To delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array. The following confirmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Yes, the Define a New Array menu appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data To clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following confirmation message appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations The Silicon Image RAID controller supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, JBOD, and RAID 5 configurations. Use the Silicon Image RAID utility to configure a disk array. Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID configuration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration menu item in the BIOS set the Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller item to RAID Mode. See section â4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. 3. Save your changes and Exit Setup. Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launch the Silicon Image Array Management software from Windows ® XP by clicking the Start Start Start Start Start button and selecting All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image > Sam > Sam > Sam > Sam > Sam ⢠For details on the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID configuration, refer to the âSil3114 Userâs Manualâ in your motherboard support CD. ⢠You can only set the SATALink⢠RAID 5 and JBOD configuration using the SATALink⢠SATA RAID Management Software. ⢠Make sure to install the Silicon Image SATA Link Sil 3114 driver and the Silicon Image RAID 5 Array Management Utility from the support CD before using RAID 5 configuration.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility To enter the Silicon Image BIOS RAID configuration utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Ctrl S> or <F4>. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. The Main Menu on the upper left corner allows you to select an operation to be performed. The Main Menu options include the following: Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set - creates a new legacy RAID set or allocates spare drives. Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set - deletes a RAID set or deallocates a spare drive. Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set - rebuilds a RAID 1 set (e.g. swapped drives). Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts - automatically restores disrupted drives on a RAID set. Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format - creates a pattern of reference marks on a drive. Formatting the disks erases all data previously stored in the drive. Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info - shows the current configuration of each RAID set. On the upper right corner of the screen is the Help message box. The message describes the function of each menu item. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options. The following lists the keys found in the legend box and their corresponding functions. â , , , , , â : Select/Move to the next item ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC : Previous Menu Enter Enter Enter Enter Enter : Select Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E : Exit Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID Configuration Utility - Silicon Image Inc. Copyright (C) 2004 ââ :Select Menu ESC:Previous Menu Enter:Select Ctrl-E:Exit MAIN MENU PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB LOGICAL DRIVE HELP Press âEnterâ to create RAID set
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) To create a RAID set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter> to display an option menu. 2. Select RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 then press <Enter> to display the following. 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration the press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration By default, Auto configuration sets the stripe size to 64K and sets the logical drives based on the physical drives installed. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 2. Select RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third, and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. e. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. f. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. Repeat step b to select the target drive . d. After selecting the source and target drives, the following pop-up menu appears. Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration and press <Enter>. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drives menu. b. Using the up or down arrow keys, select the source drive and press <Enter>. 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. ⢠Auto-configuration creates a RAID 1 set without a backup copy of the current source disk data. ⢠When migrating a single hard disk drive to a RAID 1 set, use of the Manual configuration is recommended. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Create with data copy Create without data copy ⢠The Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy option allows you to copy the current data from the source drive to the mirror drive. ⢠Select Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy i f you have important data in your source drive. ⢠The Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy option disables the disk copy function of the Mirrored set. ⢠If you selected Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy , the RAID 1 set must be repartitioned and reformatted to guarantee the consistency of its contents.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 e. If you selected Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data copy copy copy copy cop y, the following pop-up menu appears. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration online copy offline copy The online copy online copy online copy online copy online copy option automatically copies the data to the target drives on the background while writing to the source drives. The offline offline offline offline offline copy copy copy copy copy option allows you to copy the contents of the source drive to the target drives now. f. Use the up or down arrow keys to select desired copy method, then press <Enter>. g. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. h. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. A copy progress appears if you previously selected offline copy. 2. Select RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) To create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. e. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. f. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. Auto-configuration creates a RAID 10 set without a backup copy of the current source disk data. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. 2. Select RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) To create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third, and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. ⢠The Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy option allows you to copy the current data from the source drive to the mirror drive. The Create Create Create Create Create without data copy without data copy without data copy without data copy without data copy option disables the disk copy function of the Mirrored set. ⢠If you selected Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy , the RAID 1 set must be repartitioned and reformatted to guarantee the consistency of its contents. ⢠Select Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy i f you have important data in your source drive. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Create with data copy Create without data copy e. After setting the RAID drives, the following pop-up menu appears. f. If you selected Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data copy copy copy copy cop y, the following pop-up menu appears. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration online copy offline copy
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 The online copy online copy online copy online copy online copy option automatically copies the data to the target drives on the background while writing to the source drives. The offline offline offline offline offline copy copy copy copy copy option allows you to copy the contents of the source drive to the target drives now. g. Use the up or down arrow keys to select desired copy method, then press <Enter>. h. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. i. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. A copy progress appears if you previously selected offline copy. ⢠You can also create a RAID set using the SATARAID5 GUI utility under a Windows ® environment. ⢠For details on the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID 5 configuration, refer to the âSil3114 Userâs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, select the RAID driver disk you want to create: ⢠Click Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver t o create an NVIDIA ® RAID driver disk. ⢠Click Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk t o create a Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID driver disk. Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk for the NVIDIA ® RAID driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 for the Silicon Image RAID driver disk utility. 4. Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section â5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology To enable Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration menu, select the item Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section â4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye s. See section â4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows ® ® ® ® ® 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows ® 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK OK to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows ® 98SE/ME/2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows ® XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ, for details.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA ® SLI⢠technology support
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup .................................................... 6-2
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA ® SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements ⢠You should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA ® certified. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for a list of qualified SLI-ready graphics cards for this motherboard. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See â8. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows ® XP⢠operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA website for the supported 3D applications and the latest graphics card drivers.
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 2. Simultaneously push the retention clips outward to release the card. Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ selector card selector card selector card selector card selector card ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ selector card selector card selector card selector card selector card 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Your motherboard package comes with a pre-installed ASUS EZ selector card. By default, the card is set for a single graphics card. To use two graphics cards on this motherboard, you must first set the selector card to Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards . To set the selector card: 1. Locate the selector card on the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 3. When released, pull the selector card out of the slot. 4. Invert the selector card and insert the edge labeled Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards . 5. Push down the selector card until the retention clips snap into place. Make sure to completely insert the selector card into the slot.
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA ® certified. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldfingers for the SLI connector. 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 4. Insert the second graphics card into the black slot labeled PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 . Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into the blue slot labeled PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 . Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldfingers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is firmly in place. 6. Connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug⢠labeled EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG on your motherboard. The onboard red warning LED lights up if you do not plug a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug. SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector Make sure to connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug; otherwise, the system will be unstable. ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ Plug⢠Plug⢠Plug⢠Plug⢠Plugâ¢
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 7. Remove any of the two bracket covers between the graphics cards. Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot 9. Connect a VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable o r a DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable t o the graphics card installed on the blue blue blue blue blue PCI Express slot. 8. Align and insert the retention bracket into the slot then secure it with a screw. Make sure that the retention bracket firmly supports the two graphics cards.
6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon To enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings icon icon icon icon icon o n your Windows taskbar. 2. From the pop-up menu, select nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties . Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS By default, the SLI mode item in the BIOS is set to [Auto]. This allows the BIOS to automatically detect the SLI selector card setting on the motherboard. 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. ⢠We recommend that you keep the SLI mode item setting to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the SLI mode BIOS setting is the same as the EZ selector card setting. ⢠See section â4.4.9 SLI modeâ on page 4-34 for details. 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window, select the Desktop Desktop Desktop Desktop Desktop Management Management Management Management Management tab. 4. Click Properties Properties Properties Properties Properties t o display the Display Properties dialog box. 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings tab then click Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced . 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce tab.
6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 6. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the SLI SLI SLI SLI SLI multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU item. 7. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK when done. Slider Slider Slider Slider Slider
Appendix This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary A.1 Using the SATA extension module ....................................... A-1
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A.1 Using the SATA extension module Your motherboard package comes with a 2-port Serial ATA extension module that allows you to externally connect two Serial ATA hard drives. A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module To install your 2-port Serial ATA extension module: 1. Select an available expansion card slot on the rear panel of your chassis. 2. Place the 2-port Serial ATA extension module on the available slot and secure it with a screw. 3. Locate the Serial ATA connectors on your motherboard. 4. Select any two (2) SATA connectors on your motherboard. 5. Connect one end of the first SATA signal cable to one of the selected SATA connectors. 6. Connect the other end of the SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the extension module labeled SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 . 7. Connect one end of the second Serial ATA signal cable to the other SATA connector. 8. Connect the other end of the second SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the extension module labeled SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 . 9. Connect a 4-pin ATX power plug to the SATA extension module power connector labeled PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 . 10. You can now connect two SATA hard disks to the rear panel of your chassis. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 3 S ATA 4
A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives To install Serial ATA hard drives: A. Prepare the following items: - 2 x SATA hard disk drives - 2 x SATA signal cables - 1 x SATA power cable with dual plugs B. Connect one end of the first SATA signal cable to the SATA connector labeled SATA 1. C. Connect the other end of the SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the first drive. D. Connect one end of the second SATA signal cable to the other SATA connector labeled SATA 2. E. Connect the other end of the second SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the second drive. F. Connect the 4-pin ATX SATA power plug to the SATA extension module. Your Serial ATA power plug comes with one (1) 4-pin ATX power connector and two (2) Serial ATA power connectors. G. Connect one SATA power connector to the first drive. H. Connect the other Serial ATA power connector to the second drive. D D D D D F F F F F B B B B B H H H H H E E E E E G G G G G C C C C C
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright © 2004 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E1889 E1889 E1889 E1889 E1889 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004 November 2004
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix How this guide is organized .................................................... ix Where to find more information .............................................. ix Conventions used in this guide ................................................ x Typography .......................................................................................... x A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary ............................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-5 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installling the CPU ................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-13 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-14
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-14 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-15 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-16 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots ................................... 2-16 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-18 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-20 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages ............................................ 3-3 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor ............................................. 3-5 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-14
v v v v v Contents 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.3 Language .............................................................. 4-15 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-15 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 4-18 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ........................................ 4-19 4.3.8 Installed Memory .................................................. 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-20 4.4.2 PCIPnP ................................................................... 4-23 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-24 4.4.4 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-29 4.4.5 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-31 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode ...................................................... 4-32 4.4.7 Speech Configuration ........................................... 4-33 4.4.8 Instant Music ........................................................ 4-34 4.4.9 SLI mode ............................................................... 4-34 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-35 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-35 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-35 4.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-36 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-38 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-40 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-40 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-41 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 4-41 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ....................................................... 4-42 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-42 4.6.6 Security ................................................................ 4-44 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-46 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1
vi vi vi vi vi 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.4.2 AI NET 2 ............................................................... 5-11 Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠........................... 5-11 5.4.3 Audio configurations ............................................ 5-12 5.4.4 Using the NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠................................. 5-18 5.5 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-21 5.5.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-22 5.5.2 NVIDIA ® RAID configurations ................................ 5-23 5.5.3 Silicon Image RAID configurations ........................ 5-30 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-40 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-41 5.7.1 Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-41 5.7.2 Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-42 Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ...................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Setting the ASUS EZ selector card ......................... 6-2 6.2.2 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ......................... 6-4 6.2.3 Setting the SLI mode in BIOS ................................. 6-8 6.2.4 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-8 6.2.5 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows ............ 6-8 Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix A.1 Using the SATA extension module ....................................... A-1 A.1.1 Installing the 2-port SATA extension module ......... A-1 A.1.1 Installing SATA hard drives ..................................... A-2 Contents
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options Appendix: Installation options This appendix describes how to install optional accessories to your motherboard.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdflash A8NSLI.ROM Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
xi xi xi xi xi A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Interface (SLIâ¢) Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD ® Cool ânâ Quiet! Technology NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI Supports NVIDIA ® Scalable Link Interface⢠(SLI) technology 1600/2000 MT per second Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 2 x PCI Express x16 slots with Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) support 2 x PCI Express x1 slots 3 x PCI slots SLI⢠mode supports: -2 x same model/brand SLIâ¢-ready PCI Express x16 graphics cards ( Note Note Note Note Note : I n SLI mode, the PCI Express x16 slots work at the bandwidth of PCI Express x8. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16.) Single card mode supports (default): -1 x any PCI Express x16 graphics card on the first slot (blue) -1 x PCI Express x1 card on second slot (black) ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS PEG Link for dual PCI Express graphics cards ASUS Two-slot thermal design NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI chipset supports: -2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 -4 x Serial ATA 3Gb/s drives - RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and JBOD that spans across the Serial ATA and Parallel ATA drives Silicon Image 3114R RAID controller supports: -4 x Serial ATA with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and RAID 5 configuration
xii xii xii xii xii A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS PEG Link for single/dual graphics card Fixed PCI Express/PCI/SATA frequencies ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) Precision Tweaker supports: - DIMM voltage: 9-step DRAM voltage control - Core voltage: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125 increment - PCI Express Frequency: Allows 1MHz increment from 100MHz to 200MHz - Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows 1MHz increment from 200 MHz to 400 MHz ASUS Post Reporter⢠ASUS EZFlash ASUS Q-Fan ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Instant Music ASUS EZ Selector ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS EZ Plug 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 8 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x ASUS EZ selector card connector 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Chipset fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x 4-pin ASUS EZ Plug⢠connector 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for 6 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors (CD\AUX) 1 x IEEE 1394 connector 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii A8N-SLI Deluxe specifications summary LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 USB USB USB USB USB Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Power Power Power Power Power Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 built-in Gigabit MAC with external Marvell ® PHY supports: - NV ActiveArmor - NV Firewall - AI NET2 Marvell ® 88E81001 PCI Gigabit LAN controller supports: - Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester technology - AI NET2 Realtek ® ALC850 8-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port Supports Universal Audio Jack (UAJ ® ) Technology Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology T1 1394a controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394 connector Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x IEEE 1394 port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 8-channel audio ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility ASUS CoolânâQuiet! utility Anti-virus utility (OEM version) NVIDIA ® nTune⢠utility *Specifications are subject to change without notice.
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS ® ® ® ® ® A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe motherboard with SLI selector card I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules Serial ATA 2-port extension module IEEE1394 (1 port) module USB 2.0 2-port module USB 2.0 GAME port module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 8 x Serial ATA signal cables 4 x Serial ATA power cables (dual plugs) Serial ATA extension module Ultra DMA/133 cable 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable COM cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield SLI⢠connector Retention bracket Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo ® WinDVD Suite ® (retail box only) Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide Instant Music sticker Setting sticker
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The AMD Athlon⢠64FX and Athlon⢠64 desktop processors are based on AMDâs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryâs first x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6. Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology The NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. See Chapter 6 for details. Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠Built-in NVFirewall⢠and NVActiveArmor⢠The NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) is an easy-to-use high-performance desktop firewall application that protects your system from intruders. Integrated into the NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® SLI⢠chipset with the NVIDIA ® Gigabit Ethernet, it provides advanced anti-computer-hacking technologies, remote management capabilities, and a user-friendly setup wizard that improves overall system security. Enhancing your network security is the NVIDIA ® ActiveArmor⢠(NV ActiveArmorâ¢) engine that provides advanced data packet inspection. This innovative technology ensures that only safe data packets are passed on the network. Additionally, it boosts overall system performance by offloading the CPU from the rigorous task of filtering data packets. See page 5-18 for details. AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-20, 5-41.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/ 266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-11. Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology The motherboard supports the next-generation Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the NVIDIA ® SLI⢠chipset. The SATA 3Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products. Additionally, Serial ATA allows thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count , and reduced voltage requirement . See pages 2-21. Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Onboard RAID controllers provide the motherboard with dual-RAID functionality that allows you to select the best RAID solution using IDE or Serial ATA devices. The NVIDIA ® nForce4 ® SLI⢠allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0 and JBOD configuration for four SATA and two PATA connectors. See page 5-18 for details. The Sil3114R controller supports four additional SATA connectors and allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and a software patch to support RAID 5. See pages 2-21, 2-22 and 5-18 for details. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-1 6 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF Out function through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-19 for details. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-19 and 2-27 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 2-19 and 2-24 for details. Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section â4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-8.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-29 for details. Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Designed for overclocking aficionados, this feature allows you to fine tune the CPU and memory voltage and gradually increase the Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency to achieve maximum system performance. AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET 2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-31 and 5-11 for details. AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology The motherboard supports 8-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek ® proprietary UAJ ® (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-18, 2-19 and 5-12 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS EZ Plug⢠This patented ASUS technology is a 4-pin auxiliary 12V connector that is designed to maintain the voltage integrity of your system. This plug guarantees adequate supply of power to the motherboard and other installed peripherals. See page 6-6 for illustration. ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design ASUS Two-slot thermal design The motherboard is designed with two PCI Express x1 slots placed between the PCI Express x16 slots allowing an increase in airflow between the two PCI Express x16 graphics cards. This special design permits more room for ventilation thus lowering the overall system temperature. ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector ASUS EZ Selector The ASUS EZ selector card is an easy-to-use switch between SLI mode (Dual Video Cards) and Normal mode (Single card). This promotes flexibility for users who wants to use a single graphics card now and upgrade later to SLI mode. See page 6-2 for details. CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 4-5. ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-38 for details. ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠The motherboard offers a new exciting feature called the ASUS POST Reporter⢠to provide friendly voice messages and alerts during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST) informing you of the system boot status and causes of boot errors, if any. The bundled Winbond Voice Editor software lets you to customize the voice messages in different languages. See page 3-4 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow you to configure easier and faster. See page 4-15 for details. ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music This unique feature allows you to playback audio files even without booting the system to Windowsâ¢. Just press the ASUS Instant Music special function keys and enjoy the music! See pages 4-34.
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See â8. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs Onboard LEDs The motherboard comes with a green standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The red warning LED lights up when you installed two graphics card but did not connect the ASUS EZ Plugâ¢. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LEDs. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off SLI_W ARN_LED When use 2 Graphics but do not plug EZ-PLUG ON OFF When use 2 Graphics but do plug EZ-PLUG
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information A8N-SLI DELUXE 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In Below: Center/Subwoofer Center: Side Speaker Out T op:Rear Speaker Out P ANEL A8N-SLI DELUXE ® CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUX FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR Marvell 88E8001 COM1 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA2_F AN LAN2_USB12 IE_1394_2 SA T A_RAID3 PWR_F AN FLOPPY Super I/O 1394 Controller 4Mb BIOS Silicon Image Sil31 14 PS/2KBMS T: Mouse B: Ke yboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O SPDIF_O2 LAN1_USB34 CD WARN_LED EZ_PLUG Speech Controller ACL850 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX1_1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 Marvell 88E 1111 CLRTC USB78 USB56 USB910 S ATA 1 S ATA 2 S ATA 3 S ATA 4 SA T A_RAID4 SA T A_RAID1 SA T A_RAID2 CHA1_F AN A TX12V 1394 SLI_CON nForce4 SLI CHIP_F AN SB_PWR
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-16 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-16 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-16 Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC1) 2-17 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-18 2. Parallel port 2-18 3. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-18 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port 2-18 5. Rear Speaker Out port (gray) 2-18 6. Side Speaker Out port (black) 2-18 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-18 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-18 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-17 10. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange) 2-17 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-17 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-17 13. IEEE 1394a port 2-17 14. Optical S/PDIF out port 2-17 15. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-17 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-17
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-20 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) 2-20 3. Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin SEC_IDE1) 2-20 4. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) [nForce4] 2-21 5. Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) [Silicon Image] 2-22 6. CPU fan connector (3-pin CPU_FAN) 2-23 7. Power fan connector (3-pin PWR_FAN) 2-23 8. Chassis fan 1 connector (3-pin CHA1_FAN) 2-23 9. Chassis fan 2 connector (3-pin CHA2_FAN) 2-23 10. Chipset fan connector (3-pin CHIP_FAN) 2-23 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-24 12. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-24 13. ATX power connector (24-pin EATXPWR1) 2-25 14. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin ATX12V1) 2-25 15. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin EZ_PLUG) 2-25 16. Optical audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-26 17. Auxiliary audio connector (4-pin AUX) 2-26 18. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-26 19. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 20. IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_1) 2-27 21. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) 2-28 22. ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) 2-28 22. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-29 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a specific corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE CPU Socket 939
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90 ° -100 ° angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90 ° -100 ° angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Make sure that you use only qualified heatsink and fan assembly. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory configurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠When using one DDR DIMM module, install into DIMM_B1 slot only. ⢠When using two DDR DIMM modules, install into DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 slots only. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE 184-pin DDR DIMM sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR 400 Qualified Vendors List. DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Single-Sided DS - DS - DS - DS - DS - Double-Sided DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: A A A A A- supports one module inserted into either the blue slots, in a Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B- supports on pair of modules inserted into either the blue slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C- support for 4 modules inserted into the blue and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Infineon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Infineon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Infineon HYS64D32300HU-5-C Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Infineon HYS64D64320HU-5-C Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠â¢
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 01 System Timer 12 Keyboard Controller 2â Re-direct to IRQ#9 41 2 Communications Port (COM1)* 51 3 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 61 4 Floppy Disk Controller 71 5 Printer Port (LPT1)* 83 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 94 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 shared â â â ââââ PCI slot 2 â shared â â ââââ PCI slot 3 â â shared â ââââ Onboard USB 1.0 controller shared â â â ââââ Onboard USB 2.0 controller shared â â â ââââ Onboard LAN1 shared â â â ââââ Onboard LAN2 â shared â â ââââ Onboard PCI SATA RAID (SI) â â â shared ââââ Onboard 1394a shared â â â ââââ When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports one PCI Express x16 graphics card or two SLI-ready PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. See Chapter 6 for details on the SLI technology feature. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. In Normal mode, only the PCI Express blue slot can be used for PCI Express x16 graphics cards. The PCI Express black slot functions as a PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 12 23
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the Marvell ® 88E81001 Gigabit LAN controller, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 Gigabit MAC with external Marvell ® PHY, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 11 4 5 10 6 7 8 9 13 1 16 2 15 14 12 3
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394 port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Black ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Yellow Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 signal cables . The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must configure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for UltraDMA133/100/66 IDE devices. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 SEC_IDE
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) Supported by the NVIDIA ® nForce4⢠chipset, these connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, or JBOD configuration that span across the Parallel ATA drives. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up RAID configurations. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial ATA hard disks installed. ⢠See Appendix for instructions on how to install the Serial ATA extension module. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 3 S ATA 4 These connectors are set to SATA SATA SATA SATA SATA b y default. In SATA mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot or data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intent to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID function of each port from the NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID NVRAID Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration sub-menu item in the BIOS. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ on pages 4-24 and 4-26 for details.
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, Serial ATA RAID connectors (7-pin SATA_RAID1, SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) SATA_RAID2, SATA_RAID3, SATA_RAID4) Supported by the Silicon Image ® Sil3114 RAID controller, these connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables. These connectors support up to four Serial ATA hard disk drives that can be configured as a disk array through the onboard Silicon Image Sil3114 SATA RAID controller. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up Serial ATA RAID configurations. ⢠Before creating a RAID configuration, make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA cables to these connectors and have installed the Serial ATA hard disks drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the Silicon Image RAID utility and Serial ATA BIOS setup during POST. ⢠The RAID 5 driver is not Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) certified. ⢠See Appendix for instructions on how to install the Serial ATA extension module. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A RAID connectors SA T A_RAID2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND SA T A_RAID4 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND SA T A_RAID1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND SA T A_RAID3 GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND By default, the RAID function of these connectors are enabled. Disable the Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller Silicon SATA controller item in the BIOS, if you are not configuring a set with these connectors. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ on page 4-24 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~ 2000mA ( 24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.48 A (41 .76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA1_FAN) connectors only. ⢠The chipset fan is synchronized with the CPU fan. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHIP_F AN
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠When using two graphics cards, do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug to the EZ Plugâ¢; otherwise, the system will be unstable. See page 6-5 for details. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See the table below for details. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EZ_PLUG 5V EZ_DET GND 12V Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Power supply requirements Loading Loading Loading Loading Loading Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Components/Peripherals Heavy Heavy Heavy Heavy Heavy Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Light Light Light Light Light AMD ® K8 939-pin CPU type Athlon 64 FX-55 Athlon 64 3800 Athlon 64 3400 PCIe⢠x16 graphics cards 6800 Ultra x2 6800GT x2 6600GT x2 DDR DIMMs 4 2 2 HDD 4 2 2 Optical drive (DVD/CD-RW) 2 2 1 PCIe⢠x 1 card 1 0 0 PCI cards 3 2 1 IEEE 1394 devices 1 0 0 USB devices 6 4 3 Required 12V current > 25A > 25A > 25A > 25A > 25A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 20A > 17A > 17A > 17A > 17A > 17A Required wattage >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 500W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 400W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W >= 350W
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Internal audio connectors AUX (white) CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V The function of these connectors are disabled under 8-channel mode.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âChassis Signalâ and âGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. See related BIOS item in page 4-42. Never connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394 connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for the IEEE 1394a module. Connect the IEEE 1394 module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Chassis alarm lead CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE IEEE 1394 connector IE_1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC â97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) ASUS EZ selector card connector (144-pin SLI_CON) This connector is for the ASUS proprietary ASUS EZ selector card that allows you to set the SLI mode to either Single Video card or Dual Video cards. See Chapter 6 for details. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE EZ selector card connector
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âgreenâ standards or if it has a âpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows ® 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. If you are using Windows ® XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section â4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠This motherboard includes the Winbond speech controller to support a special feature called the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. This feature lets you hear vocal messages during POST that alerts you of system events and boot status. In case of a boot failure, you will hear the specific cause of the problem. These POST messages are customizable using the Winbond Voice Editor software that came with your package. You can record your own messages to replace the default messages. 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Following is a list of the default POST messages and the corresponding actions you can take: POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action No CPU installed ⢠Install a supported processor to the CPU socket. See section â2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU)â for details. System failed CPU test ⢠Check the CPU if properly installed. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the ASUS contact information on the inside front cover of this user guide. System failed memory test ⢠Install supported DDR DIMMs into the memory sockets. ⢠Check if the DIMMs on the DIMM sockets are properly installed. ⢠Make sure that your DIMMs are not defective. ⢠Refer to section â2.4 System memoryâ for instructions on installing a DIMM. System failed VGA test ⢠Install a PCI graphics card into one of the PCI slots, or a PCI Express AGP card into the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card is not defective. System failed due to CPU ⢠Check your CPU overclocking settings in the BIOS setup and restore the default CPU parameters. No keyboard detected ⢠Check if your keyboard is properly connected to the purple PS/2 connector on the rear panel. ⢠See section â2.7.1 Rear panel connectorsâ for the location of the connector. No IDE hard disk detected ⢠Make sure you have connected an IDE hard disk drive to one of the IDE connectors on the motherboard.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action CPU temperature too high ⢠Check if the CPU fan is working properly. CPU fan failed ⢠Check the CPU fan and make sure it turns on after you apply power to the system. ⢠Make sure that your CPU fan supports the fan speed detection function. CPU voltage out of range ⢠Check your power supply and make sure it is not defective. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the âASUS contact informationâ on the inside front cover of this user guide. Computer now booting from operating ⢠No action required system You can enable or disable the ASUS POST Reporter⢠in the Speech Speech Speech Speech Speech Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration option in the BIOS setup. See section 4.4.7 for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor The Winbond Voice Editor software allows you to customize the vocal POST messages. You can install this application from the support CD. Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor You can launch the program from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor . The Winbond Voice Editor screen appears. Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files To play the default wave files, simply click on a POST event on the left side of the screen, then click the Play button. Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events To avoid conflicts, do not run the Winbond Voice Editor while running the ASUS PC Probe application. The default language setting is English.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button from the Voice Editor main window to update the EEPROM. 4. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t o confirm. Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language To change the default language: 1. Click the Load Load Load Load Load button from the Voice Editor main window. A window with the available languages appears. 2. Select your desired language, then click Open Open Open Open Open . The event messages for the language you selected appear on the Voice Editor main window. Not all events on some languages have a corresponding message due to file size constraints. The next time you boot your computer, the ASUS Post Reporter announces the messages in the selected language.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages The Voice Editor application allows you to record your own POST messages if your language is not supported or if you wish to to replace the pre-installed wave files. To customize your POST messages. 1. Launch the Voice Editor application and note the list of POST events on the leftmost column of the screen. 2. Prepare your message for each event. 3. Use a recording software (e.g. Windows ® Recorder) to record your messages, then save the messages as wave files (.WAV). 4. From the Voice Editor screen, click the Add Add Add Add Add button to display the Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File window. 5. Copy the wave files that you recorded to the database, then close the window when done. ⢠The total compressed size for all the wave files must not exceed 1Mbit, so keep your messages as short as possible. ⢠To keep file sizes small, save your files at a low quality. For example, use 8-bit, mono quality at 22Khz sampling rate. ⢠Create a separate folder for your wave files so you can locate them easily.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up If you receive an error message telling you that the files exceed the total allowable size, do any or all of the following: ⢠Shorten your messages. ⢠Save the wave files at a lower quality ⢠Do not include seldom-used events like FDD Detection, IDE HDD Detection, etc. 6. Select a POST event on the Voice Editor main window, then click the Edit Edit Edit Edit Edit button. The Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor window appears. 7. Locate and select your wave file for the event, then click on the arrow opposite Voice1. The file you select appears on the space next to it. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK to return to the Voice Editor main window. 9. Do steps 6 to 8 for the other events. 10. When done, click Save Save Save Save Save . A window appears prompting you to save your configuration. 11. Type a file name with an .flh .flh .flh .flh .flh extension, then click Save. 12. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button to compress the file and copy into the EEPROM. 13. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation window that appears.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-40 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-46
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows ® environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows ® XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows ® desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows ® 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows ® 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows ® 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN A8N-SLI.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A:> appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program:
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>. 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: Donât Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 1234567890123456789012345678901 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1234567890123456789012345678901 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Remove the floppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 123 1 2 3 1 2 3 123 F1 Reset For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Type a filename for the current BIOS file in the Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS as as as as as field, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS file to the floppy disk, then returns to the BIOS flashing process. 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS file. You can load the current BIOS file when the BIOS file gets corrupted during the flashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved 1234567890123456789012345678901 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1 23456789012345678901234567890 1 1234567890123456789012345678901 Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! To save the current BIOS file using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. Make sure that the floppy disk has enough disk space to save the file.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting floppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows ® applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setupâ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section â4.7 Exit Menu.â ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to â4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A : [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Maste r [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Mas ter [None] Secondary IDE Sla ve [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitor ing [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] ââ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section â4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [Français] [German] [English] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ IDE Primary Master/Slave [Auto]; IDE Secondary Master/ Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [ Auto ] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Capacity 13579 MB Cylinder 26310 Head 16 Sector 63 Transfer Mode UDMA 4
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto]
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Precomp, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-configurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Extended Drive Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Access Mode Sets the sector addressing mode. Configuration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Extended Drive [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Precomp xx Landing Zone xx Sector xx Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Precomp Precomp Precomp Precomp Precomp Shows the number of precomp per track. This item is not configurable. Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 4.3.8 Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory.
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press Enter to Set CPU Configuration PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status PEG Link Mode Speech Configuration Instant Music SLI mode [Auto] 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control CPU Configuration CPU Type AMD Athlon(tm) 64 FX-55 Processor CPU Speed 3400MHz Cache RAM 512K DRAM Configuration Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Place an artificial memory clock limit on the system. Memory is prevented from running faster than this frequency. DRAM Configuration Max Memclock (MHz) [ Auto] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Master ECC Enabled [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Max Memclock (MHz) [Auto] Sets the maximum operating memory clock. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR200] [DDR266] [DDR333] [DDR400] [DDR400] [DDR433] [DDR466] [DDR500] [DDR533] [DDR550] [DDR600] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] Sets the memory timing. Configuration options: [Auto] [1T] [2T] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] Sets the CAS# latency. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.0] [2.5] [3.0] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Sets the RAS# to CAS# delay to Rd/Wr command on the same bank. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Sets the minimum RAS# active time. Configuration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Sets the Row precharge time. Precharge to Active or Auto-Refresh of the same bank. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Master ECC Enable [Disabled] Enables or disables the master ECC function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Sets the Hyper Transport frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] AMD K8 CoolânâQuiet control [Auto] Enables or disables the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet! technology. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [No] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Onboard Device Configuration IDE Function Setup NVRAID Configuration USB Configuration Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [Disabled] x Midi Port IRQ 10 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Onboard Device Configuration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 1 controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 1 and 2 ports. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] SATA DMA access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 3 and 4 ports. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA2 DMA transfer access. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE prefetch mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration This sub-menu contains NVRAID function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced NVRAID Configuration RAID Enabled [Disabled] x IDE Primary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Primary Slave RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Slave RAID Disabled x First SATA Master RAID Disabled x Second SATA Master RAID Disabled x Third SATA Master RAID Disabled x Fourth SATA Master RAID Disabled RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller. When Enabled, the succeeding items becomes user-configurable. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the primary or secondary master or slave IDE. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the first, second, third or fourth SATA master drive. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help USB Configuration USB Controller [ Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA ® Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Onboard Marvell LAN [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard Marvell ® Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN2 Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN 2 boot ROM. This item is user-configurable only when the PCI Giga LAN item is Enabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard AC97 audio controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] PCI IEEE 1394a [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard PCI IEEE 1394 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Silicon SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Silicon Image RAID controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Configuration options: [5] [10]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock AI Overclock Loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Disable x N.O.S. Option Disable x CPU Frequency 200.00 x PCI Express Clock 100Mhz x DDR Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto x CPU Voltage Auto Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following items are user-configurable only when the Overclock Profile item is set to [Manual]. Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. The values range from 200 to 400. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] PCI Express Clock [100MHz] Allows you to set the PCI Express clock. Key-in a decimal value between 100-200 MHz. Configuration options: [100Mhz] [101Mhz~[145Mhz] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating DDR voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.60V] [2.65V] [2.70V] [2.75V] [2.80V] [2.85V] [2.90V] [2.95V] [3.00V] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the operating CPU multiplier. The configuration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. Configuration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] [x9.5] [x10] [x10.5] [x11] [x11.5] [x12] [x12.5] [x13] [x13.5] [x14] [x14.5] [x15] [x15.5] [x16] [x16.5] [x17] [x17.5] [x18] [x18.5] [x19] [x19.5] [x20] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] CPU Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating CPU voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.650V] [1.6375V] [1.625V] [1.6125V] [1.600V] [1.5875V] [1.575V] [1.5625V] [1.550V] [1.5375V] [1.525V] [1.5125V] [1.500V] [1.4875V] [1.475V] [1.4625V] [1.450V] [1.4375V] [1.425V] [1.4125V] [1.400V] [1.3875V] [1.375V] [1.3625V] [1.350V] [1.3375V] [1.325V] [1.3125V] [1.300V] [1.2875V] [1.275V] [1.2625V] [1.250V] [1.2375V] [1.225V] [1.2125V] [1.200V] [1.1875V] [1.175V] [1.1625V] [1.150V] [1.1375V] [1.125V] [1.1125V] [1.100V] [1.0875V] [1.075V] [1.0625V] [1.050V] [1.0375V] [1.025V] [1.0125V] [1.000V] [0.9875V] [0.975V] [0.9625V] [0.950V] [0.9375V] [0.925V] [0.9125V] [0.900V] [0.8875V] [0.875V] [0.8625V] [0.850V] [0.8375V] [0.825V] [0.8125V] [0.800V]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Overclock Options [Disable] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test (POST). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status The items in this menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration POST Check LAN Cable [ Disabled] Pair Status Length 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphics card. JumperFree Configuration PEG Link Mode [ Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] PEG Link Mode [Disabled] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express graphics root control. Configuration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express graphics buffer length. Configuration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short]
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Speech POST Reporter⢠feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Speech POST Reporter is set to Enabled. Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Enables or disables the report feature in the event of an IDE error. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Enables or disables the report after booting the system. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration Speech IC Reporter [ Enabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Instant Music feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Allows you to select the CD-ROM drive that you wish to use for the Instant Music CD playback. Configuration options: [Primary Master] [Primary Slave] [Secondary Master] [Secondary Slave] 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help If enabled, power up by PS/2 keyboard function will be disabled. JumperFree Configuration Instant Music [ Disabled] x Instant Music CD-ROM Drive Primary Master Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Enabling Instant Music automatically disables the PS/2 keyboard power up feature. 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode SLI mode Allows you to select the Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) mode. When set to Auto, the BIOS detects the setting of the SLI EZ Selector card. Set to Normal when using one PCI Express graphics card or set to SLI mode when using two SLI-ready graphics cards. Configuration options: [Auto] [Normal] [SLI] ⢠We recommend to keep the setting of this item to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the setting is the same as the ASUS EZ selector card setting. ⢠See section â6.2.1 Setting the SLI selector cardâ on page 6-2 for details.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [ENTER] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Configuration Restore on AC Power Loss [ Disabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power-On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan Controller [ Disabled] Vcore Voltage 1.50V 3.3V Voltage 3.31V 5V Voltage 4.94V 12V Voltage 11.26V CPU Temperature 48ºC M/B Temperature 38ºC CPU FAN Speed 4962 RPM CHA1 FAN Speed 0 RPM CHIP FAN Speed 5443 RPM x Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature 20ºC x Q-Fan1 StartUp Temperature 25ºC x Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature 72ºC Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Q-Fan Controller [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Q-Fan1 Stop Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan stops. Configuration options: [16ºC] [18ºC] [20ºC] [22ºC] Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Q-Fan1 Start Temperature Allows you to set the temperature that when detected starts the CPU fan. Configuration options: [23ºC] [25ºC] [27ºC] [29ºC] Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Q-Fan1 Full Speed Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan rotates at full speed. Configuration options: [51ºC] [54ºC] [57ºC] [60ºC] [63ºC] [66ºC] [69ºC] [72ºC] [75ºC] [78ºC] [81ºC]
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [ Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 2. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < â> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section â2.7 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) becomes user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. ⢠See section â5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2â¢â for details. Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 Security Security Security Security Security F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section â2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help ââ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit ââ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N SLI Deluxe 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.5 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-21 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-40 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-41
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows ® 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA ® Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA ® nForce⢠4 SLI chipset. Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Disk Creates the NVIDIA ® driver disk for Serial ATA and RAID features. Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell ® Yukon Gigabit Ethernet driver. Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Realtek ALC850 Driver Installs the Realtek ® ALC850 audio controller and application. Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Silicon Image RAID Driver Displays the README file of the Silicon Image SATA Link⢠Sil 3114 driver driver installation. Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Creates the Silicon Image SATA Link⢠Sil 3114 driver disk for Serial ATA RAID.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver. 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility NVIDIA Chipset nTune Utility Installs the NVIDIA ® nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows ® environment. Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Installs the Microsoft ® DirectX 9.0 driver. The Microsoft DirectX ® 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX ® improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader Installs the Adobe ® Acrobat ® Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor This program is for recording and customizing wave files for the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. Use this program to change the default vocal POST messages. See section â3.2 Vocal POST Messagesâ for a list of the default messages. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver. ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software ASUS AMD Cool ânâ Quiet Software Installs the AMD ® Cool ânâ Quiet! software.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. ⢠Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe ® Acrobat ® Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file. ⢠Some user manuals listed in this menu may not be applicable for this motherboard model. NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide NVIDIA Firewall Administratorâs Guide Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® ForceWare Networking and Firewall Administratorâs Guide. NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide NVIDIA RAID Userâs Guide Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® RAID Userâs Guide. Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Sil3114 Userâs Manual Allows you to open the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠Serial ATA RAID Management Software userâs manual. NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual NVIDIA nTune Manual Allows you to open the NVIDIA ® nTune⢠userâs manual.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.4 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section â4.1.5 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section â4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section â4.6.2 Boot Settings Configurationâ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run Run button to perform a cable test. 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 5.4.3 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 The Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 100 meters at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Tester Tester Tester Tester Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows ® XP or Windows ® 2000 operating systems. ⢠The Run Run Run Run Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS. See section â4.4.5 LAN Cable Statusâ for details.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 5.4.4 Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations The Realtek ® ALC850 AC â97 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek ® proprietary UAJ ® (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will find the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel . Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options The Realtek ® ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ ® technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration This option allows you to set your speaker configuration. To set the speaker configuration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test t o test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ ® ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5. When finished, the utility prompts the Realtek ® EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option Option Option Option Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X X X X X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play Play Play Play Play button to start or the Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink), Rear Speaker Out (gray), Side Speaker Out (black), and Center/Subwoofer (yellow orange) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel audio configuration as shown in the following table. See the 8, 6, 4 or 2-channel speaker configuration on page 2-xx. General settings General settings General settings General settings General settings This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General General General General General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language Language Language Language Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 5.4.5 Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA Using the NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠Firewall⢠The motherboard supports the NVIDIA ® Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) application that protects your computer from intruders. The NVFirewall⢠is classified as a personal firewall or desktop firewall that works at the device level to protect your system from malicious computer code by controlling the connections to and from your computer and alerting you for attempted intrusions. The following sections describe how to use the NVIDIA ® Firewallâ¢. Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary Launching the NVFirewall⢠summary After you install the NVFirewall⢠application from the motherboard support CD, it is automatically activated with a Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium security profile as its default setting. The setup summary of NVFirewall⢠is displayed in the summary menu. To launch the NVFirewall⢠summary menu: 1. Click the NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon from the Windows ® taskbar. NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon Firewall⢠icon 2. Double-click the icon to display the NVFirewall⢠Summary menu. Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to select firewall profile Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view profile details Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall log Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats Click to view the firewall stats
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles Setting security profiles The NVFirewall⢠application allows several security profiles to match your system security needs. The following describes the NVFirewall⢠security profiles: ⢠Low Low Low Low Low - allows safe incoming connections and deny those that are known to be dangerous connections. This profile also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium - blocks most incoming connections. Incoming connections to some ports must be set to allow file transfers using some online messaging applications. This profile also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠High High High High High - allows the least traffic through. Only outbound connections are allowed. This profile also includes the âstealth modeâ feature that makes your system invisible to intruders. This also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown Lockdown - blocks all incoming and outgoing connections. ⢠Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only Anti-hacking only - this profile enables all anti-hacking features but disables the firewall. This security profile is useful if you want to use a third-party firewall application. ⢠Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 Custom 1, 2, 3 - these are reserved for customized profiles. ⢠Off Off Off Off Off - deactivates the firewall. To set a security profile: 1. From the NVFirewall⢠summary menu, click the Current Current Current Current Current Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile Firewall Profile combo list box then select a security profile. The following confirmation box appears. 2. Click Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile Change Profile t o apply settings or Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Donât Change Profile Profile Profile Profile Profile t o return to previous menu.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Turning the NVFirewall⢠off Take caution when using this option, your computer becomes vulnerable to viruses, hackers or intruders after you turn off the firewall. To turn off the NVFirewallâ¢: 1. From the NVIDIA Firewall⢠summary menu, click the Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile Current Firewall Profile combo list box then select Off Off Off Off Off . The following confirmation box appears. 2. Click Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF Turn Firewall OFF .
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5.5 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the Silicon Image Sil3114 and the NVIDIA ® SLI Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to configure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 configuration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity. The RAID 5 configuration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 i s a striped configuration with RAID 1 segments whose segments are RAID 1 arrays. This configuration has the same fault tolerance as RAID 1, and has the same overhead for fault-tolerance as mirroring alone. RAID 10 achieves high input/output rates by striping RAID 1 segments. In some instances, a RAID 10 configuration can sustain multiple simultaneous drive failure. A minimum of four hard disk drives is required for this setup. JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet configured as a RAID set. This configuration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance benefits.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 5.5.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA /133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks Installing Parallel ATA hard disks To install IDE hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Set the jumpers of each hard disk as Master/Master or Slave/Slave. 2. Install the hard disks into the drive bays. 3. Connect the HDD signal cables. 4. Connect a 4-pin power cable to the power connector on each drive. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section â5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID configurations. See section â5.2.4 Manuals menuâ.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 5.5.2 NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA ® SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1 0, and JBOD with four independent Serial ATA channels. Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID configuration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration > NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration NVRAID Configuration menu item in the BIOS set the RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled item to Enabled. The succeeding items become user-configurable. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SATA drive(s) that you want to configure as RAID. See section â4.4.3 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA® RAID configuration, refer to the âNVIDIA ® RAID Userâs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA Entering the NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility RAID utility To enter the NVIDIA ® RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ ââ ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Define a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Del Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume Creating a RAID Volume To create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA ® RAID utility Define a New Array menu, select RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <TAB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <TAB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim â
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array Rebuilding a RAID array To rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [Ctrl-X]Exit [ ââ ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array. The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following confirmation message appears. [ ââ ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array Deleting a RAID array To delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array. The following confirmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Yes, the Define a New Array menu appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data Clearing a disk data To clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following confirmation message appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 5.5.3 Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations Silicon Image RAID configurations The Silicon Image RAID controller supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, JBOD, and RAID 5 configurations. Use the Silicon Image RAID utility to configure a disk array. Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID configuration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration Advanced > Onboard Devices Configuration menu item in the BIOS set the Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller Silicon Image Controller item to RAID Mode. See section â4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. 3. Save your changes and Exit Setup. Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launching the Silicon Image Array Management Software Launch the Silicon Image Array Management software from Windows ® XP by clicking the Start Start Start Start Start button and selecting All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image All Programs > Silicon Image > Sam > Sam > Sam > Sam > Sam ⢠For details on the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID configuration, refer to the âSil3114 Userâs Manualâ in your motherboard support CD. ⢠You can only set the SATALink⢠RAID 5 and JBOD configuration using the SATALink⢠SATA RAID Management Software. ⢠Make sure to install the Silicon Image SATA Link Sil 3114 driver and the Silicon Image RAID 5 Array Management Utility from the support CD before using RAID 5 configuration.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility Entering the Silicon Image BIOS RAID Configuration Utility To enter the Silicon Image BIOS RAID configuration utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Ctrl S> or <F4>. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. The Main Menu on the upper left corner allows you to select an operation to be performed. The Main Menu options include the following: Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set - creates a new legacy RAID set or allocates spare drives. Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set Delete RAID set - deletes a RAID set or deallocates a spare drive. Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set Rebuild RAID1 set - rebuilds a RAID 1 set (e.g. swapped drives). Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts Resolve Conflicts - automatically restores disrupted drives on a RAID set. Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format Low Level Format - creates a pattern of reference marks on a drive. Formatting the disks erases all data previously stored in the drive. Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info Logical Drive Info - shows the current configuration of each RAID set. On the upper right corner of the screen is the Help message box. The message describes the function of each menu item. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options. The following lists the keys found in the legend box and their corresponding functions. â , , , , , â : Select/Move to the next item ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC : Previous Menu Enter Enter Enter Enter Enter : Select Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E Ctrl-E : Exit Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID Configuration Utility - Silicon Image Inc. Copyright (C) 2004 ââ :Select Menu ESC:Previous Menu Enter:Select Ctrl-E:Exit MAIN MENU PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB LOGICAL DRIVE HELP Press âEnterâ to create RAID set
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (Striped) To create a RAID set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter> to display an option menu. 2. Select RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 then press <Enter> to display the following. 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration the press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration By default, Auto configuration sets the stripe size to 64K and sets the logical drives based on the physical drives installed. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 2. Select RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third, and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. e. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. f. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. Repeat step b to select the target drive . d. After selecting the source and target drives, the following pop-up menu appears. Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration and press <Enter>. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drives menu. b. Using the up or down arrow keys, select the source drive and press <Enter>. 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. ⢠Auto-configuration creates a RAID 1 set without a backup copy of the current source disk data. ⢠When migrating a single hard disk drive to a RAID 1 set, use of the Manual configuration is recommended. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Create with data copy Create without data copy ⢠The Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy option allows you to copy the current data from the source drive to the mirror drive. ⢠Select Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy i f you have important data in your source drive. ⢠The Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy option disables the disk copy function of the Mirrored set. ⢠If you selected Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy , the RAID 1 set must be repartitioned and reformatted to guarantee the consistency of its contents.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 e. If you selected Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data copy copy copy copy cop y, the following pop-up menu appears. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration online copy offline copy The online copy online copy online copy online copy online copy option automatically copies the data to the target drives on the background while writing to the source drives. The offline offline offline offline offline copy copy copy copy copy option allows you to copy the contents of the source drive to the target drives now. f. Use the up or down arrow keys to select desired copy method, then press <Enter>. g. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. h. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. A copy progress appears if you previously selected offline copy. 2. Select RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) To create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. e. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. f. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 3. Select your desired method of configuration. Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration Auto configuration a. Select Auto Configuration then press <Enter>. b. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. c. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. Auto-configuration creates a RAID 10 set without a backup copy of the current source disk data. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration chunk size 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K 128K Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration Manual configuration a. Select Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration a n d press <Enter>. The following pop-up menu appears. b. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a chunk size appropriate to your drive usage then press <Enter>. 2. Select RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 then press <Enter> to display the following. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) Creating a RAID 10 set (Mirrored Striped) To create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the Silicon Image configuration utility main menu, select Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set Create RAID set then press <Enter>. The following sub-menu appears. MAIN MENU Create RAID set Delete RAID set Rebuild Raid1 set Resolve Conflicts Low Level Format Logical Drive Info RAID0 RAID1 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE RAID0 RAID1 RAID5 RAID10 SPARE DRIVE JBOD
5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. PHYSICAL DRIVE 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXMB c. The selection bar moves to the Physical Drive menu. Using the up or down arrow keys, select a drive then press <Enter> to set the first drive of the RAID set. d. Repeat step c to set the second, third, and fourth drive. The number of available drives depend on the installed and enabled physical drives in the system. ⢠The Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy option allows you to copy the current data from the source drive to the mirror drive. The Create Create Create Create Create without data copy without data copy without data copy without data copy without data copy option disables the disk copy function of the Mirrored set. ⢠If you selected Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy Create without data copy , the RAID 1 set must be repartitioned and reformatted to guarantee the consistency of its contents. ⢠Select Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy Create with data copy i f you have important data in your source drive. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration Create with data copy Create without data copy e. After setting the RAID drives, the following pop-up menu appears. f. If you selected Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data Create with data copy copy copy copy cop y, the following pop-up menu appears. MAIN MENU Auto configuration Manual configuration online copy offline copy
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 The online copy online copy online copy online copy online copy option automatically copies the data to the target drives on the background while writing to the source drives. The offline offline offline offline offline copy copy copy copy copy option allows you to copy the contents of the source drive to the target drives now. g. Use the up or down arrow keys to select desired copy method, then press <Enter>. h. The utility prompts a message to input the RAID size, use the up or down arrow keys to set the RAID size then press <Enter>. i. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the Main Menu. A copy progress appears if you previously selected offline copy. ⢠You can also create a RAID set using the SATARAID5 GUI utility under a Windows ® environment. ⢠For details on the Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID 5 configuration, refer to the âSil3114 Userâs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, select the RAID driver disk you want to create: ⢠Click Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver Make NVIDIA RAID Driver t o create an NVIDIA ® RAID driver disk. ⢠Click Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk Make Silicon SATA RAID Driver Disk t o create a Silicon Image SATARaid⢠RAID driver disk. Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk \Drivers\Chipset\WINXP_2K\Driver_Disk for the NVIDIA ® RAID driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 \Drivers\Sil3114 for the Silicon Image RAID driver disk utility. 4. Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section â5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5.7 Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 5.7.1 Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology To enable Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration menu, select the item Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet Cool NâQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section â4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye s. See section â4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows ® ® ® ® ® 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows ® 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK OK to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 5.7.2 Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows ® 98SE/ME/2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows ® XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool ânâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ, for details.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA ® SLI⢠technology support
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup .................................................... 6-2
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA ® SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements ⢠You should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA ® certified. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for a list of qualified SLI-ready graphics cards for this motherboard. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See â8. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows ® XP⢠operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA website for the supported 3D applications and the latest graphics card drivers.
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 2. Simultaneously push the retention clips outward to release the card. Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Retention clip Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed Pre-installed ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ selector card selector card selector card selector card selector card ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ selector card selector card selector card selector card selector card 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 6.2.1 Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Setting the ASUS EZ selector card Your motherboard package comes with a pre-installed ASUS EZ selector card. By default, the card is set for a single graphics card. To use two graphics cards on this motherboard, you must first set the selector card to Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards Dual Video Cards . To set the selector card: 1. Locate the selector card on the motherboard.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 3. When released, pull the selector card out of the slot. 4. Invert the selector card and insert the edge labeled Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards Video Cards . 5. Push down the selector card until the retention clips snap into place. Make sure to completely insert the selector card into the slot.
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 6.2.2 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Goldfingers Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA ® certified. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldfingers for the SLI connector. 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 4. Insert the second graphics card into the black slot labeled PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_2 . Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into the blue slot labeled PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_1 . Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldfingers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is firmly in place. 6. Connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug⢠labeled EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG EZ_PLUG on your motherboard. The onboard red warning LED lights up if you do not plug a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug. SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector SLI connector Make sure to connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug; otherwise, the system will be unstable. ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ ASUS EZ Plug⢠Plug⢠Plug⢠Plug⢠Plugâ¢
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 7. Remove any of the two bracket covers between the graphics cards. Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot Bracket slot 9. Connect a VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable VGA cable o r a DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable DVI-I cable t o the graphics card installed on the blue blue blue blue blue PCI Express slot. 8. Align and insert the retention bracket into the slot then secure it with a screw. Make sure that the retention bracket firmly supports the two graphics cards.
6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon NVIDIA Settings icon To enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings NVIDIA Settings icon icon icon icon icon o n your Windows taskbar. 2. From the pop-up menu, select nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties nView Properties . Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 6.2.3 Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS Setting the SLI mode in BIOS By default, the SLI mode item in the BIOS is set to [Auto]. This allows the BIOS to automatically detect the SLI selector card setting on the motherboard. 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 6.2.4 Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. ⢠We recommend that you keep the SLI mode item setting to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the SLI mode BIOS setting is the same as the EZ selector card setting. ⢠See section â4.4.9 SLI modeâ on page 4-34 for details. 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 6.2.5 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window, select the Desktop Desktop Desktop Desktop Desktop Management Management Management Management Management tab. 4. Click Properties Properties Properties Properties Properties t o display the Display Properties dialog box. 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings tab then click Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced . 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce NVIDIA GeForce tab.
6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA Chapter 6: NVIDIA ® ® ® ® ® SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support SLI⢠technology support 6. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the SLI SLI SLI SLI SLI multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU multi-GPU item. 7. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK when done. Slider Slider Slider Slider Slider
Appendix This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary A.1 Using the SATA extension module ....................................... A-1
ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe ASUS A8N-SLI Deluxe A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A.1 Using the SATA extension module Your motherboard package comes with a 2-port Serial ATA extension module that allows you to externally connect two Serial ATA hard drives. A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module Installing the 2-port SATA extension module To install your 2-port Serial ATA extension module: 1. Select an available expansion card slot on the rear panel of your chassis. 2. Place the 2-port Serial ATA extension module on the available slot and secure it with a screw. 3. Locate the Serial ATA connectors on your motherboard. 4. Select any two (2) SATA connectors on your motherboard. 5. Connect one end of the first SATA signal cable to one of the selected SATA connectors. 6. Connect the other end of the SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the extension module labeled SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 SATA_CON3 . 7. Connect one end of the second Serial ATA signal cable to the other SATA connector. 8. Connect the other end of the second SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the extension module labeled SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 SATA_CON4 . 9. Connect a 4-pin ATX power plug to the SATA extension module power connector labeled PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 PWR_CON1 . 10. You can now connect two SATA hard disks to the rear panel of your chassis. A8N-SLI DELUXE ® A8N-SLI DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 3 S ATA 4
A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 A.1.1 Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives Installing SATA hard drives To install Serial ATA hard drives: A. Prepare the following items: - 2 x SATA hard disk drives - 2 x SATA signal cables - 1 x SATA power cable with dual plugs B. Connect one end of the first SATA signal cable to the SATA connector labeled SATA 1. C. Connect the other end of the SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the first drive. D. Connect one end of the second SATA signal cable to the other SATA connector labeled SATA 2. E. Connect the other end of the second SATA signal cable to the SATA connector on the second drive. F. Connect the 4-pin ATX SATA power plug to the SATA extension module. Your Serial ATA power plug comes with one (1) 4-pin ATX power connector and two (2) Serial ATA power connectors. G. Connect one SATA power connector to the first drive. H. Connect the other Serial ATA power connector to the second drive. D D D D D F F F F F B B B B B H H H H H E E E E E G G G G G C C C C C